cfg80211.h 224.3 KB
Newer Older
1 2
#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
#define __NET_CFG80211_H
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3 4 5
/*
 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
 *
6
 * Copyright 2006-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7
 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
8
 * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
9 10 11 12 13
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */
14

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
15 16 17
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
#include <linux/debugfs.h>
#include <linux/list.h>
18
#include <linux/bug.h>
19 20
#include <linux/netlink.h>
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
21
#include <linux/nl80211.h>
22 23
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
24
#include <linux/net.h>
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
25 26
#include <net/regulatory.h>

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
/**
 * DOC: Introduction
 *
 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
 *
 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
 * use restrictions.
 */


/**
 * DOC: Device registration
 *
 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
 * described below.
 *
 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
 *
 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
 */

64 65
struct wiphy;

66
/*
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
67 68 69
 * wireless hardware capability structures
 */

70
/**
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
71 72 73 74 75
 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
 *
 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
76 77
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
 * 	sending probe requests or beaconing.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
78
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
79
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
80
 * 	is not permitted.
81
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
82
 * 	is not permitted.
83
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
 *	this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
 *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
 *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
 *	restrictions.
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
 *	this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
 *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
 *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
 *	restrictions.
94
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
95
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
96 97 98 99
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
 *	on this channel.
 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
 *	on this channel.
100
 *
101
 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
102 103
enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
	IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED		= 1<<0,
104 105
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR		= 1<<1,
	/* hole at 1<<2 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
106
	IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR		= 1<<3,
107 108
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS	= 1<<4,
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<5,
109
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM		= 1<<6,
110 111
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<7,
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ	= 1<<8,
112
	IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY	= 1<<9,
113
	IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<10,
114 115
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ		= 1<<11,
	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ		= 1<<12,
116 117
};

118
#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
119
	(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
120

121 122 123
#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS		60000
#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS		(30 * 60 * 1000)

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137
/**
 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
 *
 * This structure describes a single channel for use
 * with cfg80211.
 *
 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
 *	code to support devices with additional restrictions
 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
138
 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
139 140
 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
 *	has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
141
 *	to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
142 143
 * @orig_mag: internal use
 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
144 145 146
 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
 *	on this channel.
 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
147
 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
A
Andy Green 已提交
148
 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
149
struct ieee80211_channel {
150
	enum nl80211_band band;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
151 152 153 154 155
	u16 center_freq;
	u16 hw_value;
	u32 flags;
	int max_antenna_gain;
	int max_power;
156
	int max_reg_power;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
157 158 159
	bool beacon_found;
	u32 orig_flags;
	int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
160 161
	enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
	unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
162
	unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
163 164
};

A
Andy Green 已提交
165
/**
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184
 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
 *
 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
 * different bands/PHY modes.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
 *	preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
 *	with CCK rates.
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 *	when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
 *	core code when registering the wiphy.
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 *	when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
 *	core code when registering the wiphy.
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 *	when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
 *	core code when registering the wiphy.
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
185 186
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
A
Andy Green 已提交
187
 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
188 189 190 191 192 193
enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
	IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<0,
	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A	= 1<<1,
	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B	= 1<<2,
	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G	= 1<<3,
	IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G		= 1<<4,
194 195
	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ	= 1<<5,
	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ	= 1<<6,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
196
};
A
Andy Green 已提交
197

198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230
/**
 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
 *
 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
 */
enum ieee80211_bss_type {
	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
};

/**
 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
 *
 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
 */
enum ieee80211_privacy {
	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
};

#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)	\
	((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249
/**
 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
 *
 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
 * passed around.
 *
 * @flags: rate-specific flags
 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
 *	short preamble is used
 */
struct ieee80211_rate {
	u32 flags;
	u16 bitrate;
	u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
};
A
Andy Green 已提交
250

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268
/**
 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
 *
 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
 *
 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
 */
struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
	u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
	bool ht_supported;
	u8 ampdu_factor;
	u8 ampdu_density;
	struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
A
Andy Green 已提交
269 270
};

271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286
/**
 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
 *
 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
 *
 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
 */
struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
	bool vht_supported;
	u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
	struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300
/**
 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
 *
 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
 * is able to operate in.
 *
 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
 *	in this band.
 * @band: the band this structure represents
 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
 *	in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
 *	rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
301
 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
302
 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
303 304 305 306
 */
struct ieee80211_supported_band {
	struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
	struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
307
	enum nl80211_band band;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
308 309 310
	int n_channels;
	int n_bitrates;
	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
311
	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
312
};
A
Andy Green 已提交
313

314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341
/**
 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
 *
 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
 *
 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
 *
 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
 * without affecting other devices.
 *
 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
 */
#ifdef CONFIG_OF
void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
#else /* CONFIG_OF */
static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
}
#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */


J
Johannes Berg 已提交
342 343 344
/*
 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
 */
A
Andy Green 已提交
345

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360
/**
 * DOC: Actions and configuration
 *
 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
 * operations use are described separately.
 *
 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
 *
 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
 * in a separate chapter.
 */

361 362 363
#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
				    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
364 365
/**
 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
366 367
 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
 *	%MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
368
 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
369 370 371 372 373 374
 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
 *	If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
 *	determine the address as needed.
 *	This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
 *	%NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
 **	only p2p devices with specified MAC.
375 376 377 378
 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
 *	belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
 *	MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
379 380
 */
struct vif_params {
381
	u32 flags;
382 383
	int use_4addr;
	u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
384 385
	const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
	const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
386
};
A
Andy Green 已提交
387

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
388
/**
389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398
 * struct key_params - key information
 *
 * Information about a key
 *
 * @key: key material
 * @key_len: length of key material
 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
 *	with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
 *	length given by @seq_len.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
399
 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
400 401
 */
struct key_params {
402 403
	const u8 *key;
	const u8 *seq;
404 405 406 407 408
	int key_len;
	int seq_len;
	u32 cipher;
};

409 410 411
/**
 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
 * @chan: the (control) channel
412 413 414 415
 * @width: channel width
 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
 *	(only with 80+80 MHz)
416 417 418
 */
struct cfg80211_chan_def {
	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
419 420 421
	enum nl80211_chan_width width;
	u32 center_freq1;
	u32 center_freq2;
422 423
};

424 425 426 427
/**
 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
 * @chandef: the channel definition
 *
428
 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
429 430
 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
 */
431 432 433
static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446
	switch (chandef->width) {
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
		return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
		if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
			return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
		return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
	default:
		WARN_ON(1);
		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
	}
447 448
}

449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465
/**
 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
 * @channel: the control channel
 * @chantype: the channel type
 *
 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
 */
void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
			     struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
			     enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);

/**
 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
 * @chandef1: first channel definition
 * @chandef2: second channel definition
 *
466
 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483
 * identical, %false otherwise.
 */
static inline bool
cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
			   const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
{
	return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
		chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
		chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
		chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
}

/**
 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
 * @chandef1: first channel definition
 * @chandef2: second channel definition
 *
484
 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
485 486 487 488 489 490
 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
 */
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
			    const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);

491 492 493
/**
 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
494
 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
495 496 497 498 499 500 501
 */
bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);

/**
 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
502 503
 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
504 505 506 507 508
 */
bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			     const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
			     u32 prohibited_flags);

509 510 511 512
/**
 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
513 514 515
 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
 * Returns:
 *	1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
516 517
 */
int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
518
				  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
L
Luciano Coelho 已提交
519
				  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
520

521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544
/**
 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
 *
 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
 *
 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
 *
 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
 */
static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
	switch (chandef->width) {
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
	default:
		break;
	}
	return 0;
}

545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571
/**
 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
 *
 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
 *
 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
 *
 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
 */
static inline int
ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
	switch (chandef->width) {
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
			   chandef->chan->max_power);
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
			   chandef->chan->max_power);
	default:
		break;
	}
	return chandef->chan->max_power;
}

572 573 574
/**
 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
575
 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
576
 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
577 578 579 580 581
 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
582
 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
583
 *
584 585 586 587
 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
 */
enum survey_info_flags {
588 589 590 591 592 593 594
	SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM		= BIT(0),
	SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE		= BIT(1),
	SURVEY_INFO_TIME		= BIT(2),
	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY		= BIT(3),
	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY	= BIT(4),
	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX		= BIT(5),
	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX		= BIT(6),
595
	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN		= BIT(7),
596 597 598 599 600
};

/**
 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
 *
601 602
 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
 *	record to report global statistics
603 604
 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
605
 *	optional
606 607 608 609 610
 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
611
 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
612
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
613 614
 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
 *
615 616 617 618 619
 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
 * channel duty cycle etc.
 */
struct survey_info {
	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
620 621 622 623 624
	u64 time;
	u64 time_busy;
	u64 time_ext_busy;
	u64 time_rx;
	u64 time_tx;
625
	u64 time_scan;
626 627 628 629
	u32 filled;
	s8 noise;
};

630 631
#define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS	4

632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648
/**
 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
 *	(from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
 *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
 *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
 *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
 *	allowed through even on unauthorized ports
 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
 *	protocol frames.
649 650 651
 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
 *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
652
 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663
 */
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
	u32 wpa_versions;
	u32 cipher_group;
	int n_ciphers_pairwise;
	u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
	int n_akm_suites;
	u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
	bool control_port;
	__be16 control_port_ethertype;
	bool control_port_no_encrypt;
664 665
	struct key_params *wep_keys;
	int wep_tx_key;
666
	const u8 *psk;
667 668
};

669
/**
670
 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
671
 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
672
 *	or %NULL if not changed
673
 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
674
 *	or %NULL if not changed
675 676
 * @head_len: length of @head
 * @tail_len: length of @tail
677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684
 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
 *	frames or %NULL
 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
 *	Response frames or %NULL
 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
685 686
 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
687
 */
688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701
struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
	const u8 *head, *tail;
	const u8 *beacon_ies;
	const u8 *proberesp_ies;
	const u8 *assocresp_ies;
	const u8 *probe_resp;

	size_t head_len, tail_len;
	size_t beacon_ies_len;
	size_t proberesp_ies_len;
	size_t assocresp_ies_len;
	size_t probe_resp_len;
};

702 703 704 705
struct mac_address {
	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
};

706 707 708 709
/**
 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
 *
 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
710
 *	entry specified by mac_addr
711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721
 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
 */
struct cfg80211_acl_data {
	enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
	int n_acl_entries;

	/* Keep it last */
	struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
};

722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733
/*
 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
 */
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
	struct {
		u32 legacy;
		u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
		u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
		enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
	} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
};

734 735 736 737 738
/**
 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
 *
 * Used to configure an AP interface.
 *
739
 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749
 * @beacon: beacon data
 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
 *	user space)
 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
 * @crypto: crypto settings
 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
750
 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
751
 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
752 753
 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
754 755
 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
 *	MAC address based access control
756 757
 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
 *	networks.
758
 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
759 760 761 762
 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
763 764
 */
struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
765
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
766

767 768 769
	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;

	int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
770 771 772
	const u8 *ssid;
	size_t ssid_len;
	enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
773 774 775
	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
	bool privacy;
	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
776
	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
777
	int inactivity_timeout;
778 779
	u8 p2p_ctwindow;
	bool p2p_opp_ps;
780
	const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
781
	bool pbss;
782
	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
783 784 785 786

	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
	bool ht_required, vht_required;
787 788
};

789 790 791 792 793 794 795
/**
 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
 *
 * Used for channel switch
 *
 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
796 797 798 799
 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807
 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
 * @count: number of beacons until switch
 */
struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
808 809 810 811
	const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
	const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
812 813 814 815 816 817
	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
	bool radar_required;
	bool block_tx;
	u8 count;
};

818 819
#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10

820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832
/**
 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
 *
 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
 *
 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
 *	to use for verification
 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
 *	width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
 *	&struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
 *	type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
 *	nl80211_iftype.
833 834 835
 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
 *	that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
 *	the verification
836 837 838 839 840
 */
struct iface_combination_params {
	int num_different_channels;
	u8 radar_detect;
	int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
841
	u32 new_beacon_int;
842 843
};

844 845 846
/**
 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
847
 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
848
 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
849 850 851 852 853 854
 *
 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
 */
enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
855
	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
856
	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
857 858
};

859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867
/**
 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
 *
 * Used to change and create a new station.
 *
 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
 *	(or NULL for no change)
 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
868
 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
869
 *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
870
 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
871
 *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
872 873
 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
874
 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
875
 * @plink_action: plink action to take
876
 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
877
 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
M
Mahesh Palivela 已提交
878
 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
879 880 881 882
 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
 *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
 *	QoS info field (but already shifted down)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
883 884 885
 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
 *	(for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
 *	see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
886 887
 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
 *	to unknown)
888 889 890
 * @capability: station capability
 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
891 892 893 894
 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
895 896
 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
897
 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
898 899
 */
struct station_parameters {
900
	const u8 *supported_rates;
901
	struct net_device *vlan;
902
	u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
903
	u32 sta_modify_mask;
904 905
	int listen_interval;
	u16 aid;
906
	u16 peer_aid;
907
	u8 supported_rates_len;
908
	u8 plink_action;
909
	u8 plink_state;
910 911
	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
912 913
	u8 uapsd_queues;
	u8 max_sp;
914
	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
915
	u16 capability;
916
	const u8 *ext_capab;
917
	u8 ext_capab_len;
918 919 920 921
	const u8 *supported_channels;
	u8 supported_channels_len;
	const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
	u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
922 923
	u8 opmode_notif;
	bool opmode_notif_used;
924
	int support_p2p_ps;
925 926
};

927 928 929 930 931 932
/**
 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
 *
 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
 *
 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
933 934 935
 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
 *	(10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
936 937 938
 */
struct station_del_parameters {
	const u8 *mac;
939 940
	u8 subtype;
	u16 reason_code;
941 942
};

943 944 945
/**
 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
946 947
 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
 *	unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957
 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
 *	the AP MLME in the device
 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
 *	while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
 *	being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
 *	supported/used)
 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
 *	entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
958 959
 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
960 961 962
 */
enum cfg80211_station_type {
	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
963
	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
964 965 966 967 968
	CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
	CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
	CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
969 970
	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988
};

/**
 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
 * @params: the new parameters for a station
 * @statype: the type of station being modified
 *
 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
 */
int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				  struct station_parameters *params,
				  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);

989 990 991 992 993 994
/**
 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
 *
 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
 *
995 996
 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
997
 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
998
 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS
999 1000
 */
enum rate_info_flags {
1001 1002
	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS			= BIT(0),
	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS			= BIT(1),
1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019
	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G			= BIT(3),
};

/**
 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
 *
 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
 *
 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
 */
enum rate_info_bw {
1020
	RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1021 1022 1023 1024 1025
	RATE_INFO_BW_5,
	RATE_INFO_BW_10,
	RATE_INFO_BW_40,
	RATE_INFO_BW_80,
	RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035
};

/**
 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
 *
 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
 *
 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes a 802.11n bitrate
 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1036
 * @nss: number of streams (VHT only)
1037
 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1038 1039 1040 1041 1042
 */
struct rate_info {
	u8 flags;
	u8 mcs;
	u16 legacy;
1043
	u8 nss;
1044
	u8 bw;
1045 1046
};

1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077
/**
 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
 *
 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
 *
 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
 */
enum bss_param_flags {
	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT	= 1<<0,
	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<1,
	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME	= 1<<2,
};

/**
 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
 *
 * Information about the currently associated BSS
 *
 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
 */
struct sta_bss_parameters {
	u8 flags;
	u8 dtim_period;
	u16 beacon_interval;
};

1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095
/**
 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
 *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
 *	transmitted MSDUs
 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
 */
struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
	u32 filled;
	u64 rx_msdu;
	u64 tx_msdu;
	u64 tx_msdu_retries;
	u64 tx_msdu_failed;
};

1096 1097
#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS	4

1098
/**
1099
 * struct station_info - station information
1100
 *
1101
 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1102
 *
1103 1104
 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
 *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1105
 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1106
 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1107 1108
 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1109 1110 1111
 * @llid: mesh local link id
 * @plid: mesh peer link id
 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1112 1113 1114 1115
 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
 *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
 *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1116 1117 1118
 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1119 1120
 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1121 1122 1123 1124
 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1125
 * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
1126
 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1127 1128 1129 1130
 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
 *	This number should increase every time the list of stations
 *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
 *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1131 1132 1133 1134 1135
 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
 *	This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
 *	user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
 *	the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1136
 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1137
 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1138
 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1139 1140 1141
 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1142 1143
 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
 *	towards this station.
1144 1145 1146
 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
 *	from this peer
1147
 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1148 1149
 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
 *	(IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1150
 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1151
 */
1152
struct station_info {
1153
	u64 filled;
1154
	u32 connected_time;
1155
	u32 inactive_time;
1156 1157
	u64 rx_bytes;
	u64 tx_bytes;
1158 1159 1160
	u16 llid;
	u16 plid;
	u8 plink_state;
1161
	s8 signal;
1162
	s8 signal_avg;
1163 1164 1165 1166 1167

	u8 chains;
	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
	s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];

1168
	struct rate_info txrate;
1169
	struct rate_info rxrate;
1170 1171
	u32 rx_packets;
	u32 tx_packets;
1172 1173
	u32 tx_retries;
	u32 tx_failed;
1174
	u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1175
	struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1176
	struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1177 1178

	int generation;
1179 1180 1181

	const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
	size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1182

1183
	u32 beacon_loss_count;
1184
	s64 t_offset;
1185 1186 1187
	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1188

1189
	u32 expected_throughput;
1190 1191

	u64 rx_beacon;
1192
	u64 rx_duration;
1193
	u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1194
	struct cfg80211_tid_stats pertid[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
1195
	s8 ack_signal;
1196 1197
};

1198
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210
/**
 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
 *
 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
 * considered undefined.
 */
int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
			 struct station_info *sinfo);
1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218
#else
static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
				       const u8 *mac_addr,
				       struct station_info *sinfo)
{
	return -ENOENT;
}
#endif
1219

1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225
/**
 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
 *
 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
 * according to the nl80211 flags.
 *
1226
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1227 1228 1229 1230 1231
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1232
 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1233 1234
 */
enum monitor_flags {
1235
	MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED		= 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1236 1237 1238 1239 1240
	MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
	MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
	MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
	MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
	MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES	= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1241
	MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1242 1243
};

1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249
/**
 * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
 *
 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256
 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1257 1258 1259
 */
enum mpath_info_flags {
	MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN		= BIT(0),
1260
	MPATH_INFO_SN			= BIT(1),
1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274
	MPATH_INFO_METRIC		= BIT(2),
	MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME		= BIT(3),
	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT	= BIT(4),
	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES	= BIT(5),
	MPATH_INFO_FLAGS		= BIT(6),
};

/**
 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
 *
 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
 *
 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1275
 * @sn: target sequence number
1276 1277 1278 1279 1280
 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
 * @flags: mesh path flags
 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1281 1282 1283 1284
 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
 *	This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
 *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
 *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1285 1286 1287 1288
 */
struct mpath_info {
	u32 filled;
	u32 frame_qlen;
1289
	u32 sn;
1290 1291 1292 1293 1294
	u32 metric;
	u32 exptime;
	u32 discovery_timeout;
	u8 discovery_retries;
	u8 flags;
1295 1296

	int generation;
1297 1298
};

1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309
/**
 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
 *
 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
 *
 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
 *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
 *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
 *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1310 1311 1312
 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
 *	(or NULL for no change)
 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1313
 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1314 1315
 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
 * 	(u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1316 1317
 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1318 1319 1320 1321 1322
 */
struct bss_parameters {
	int use_cts_prot;
	int use_short_preamble;
	int use_short_slot_time;
1323
	const u8 *basic_rates;
1324
	u8 basic_rates_len;
1325
	int ap_isolate;
1326
	int ht_opmode;
1327
	s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1328
};
1329

1330
/**
1331 1332 1333
 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
 *
 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381
 *
 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
 *	by the Mesh Peering Open message
 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
 *	used by the Mesh Peering Open message
 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
 *	the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
 *	mesh interface
 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
 *	be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
 *	elements
 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
 *	detect compatible mesh peers
 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
 *	synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
 *	that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
 *	a path discovery in milliseconds
 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
 *	receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
 *	root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
 *	which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
 *	element
 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
 *	which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
 *	element
 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
 *	it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
 *	announcements are transmitted
 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
 *	station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
 *	missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
 *	only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
 *	not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
 *	same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
 *	entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
 *	station to establish a peer link
 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388
 *
 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
 *	receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
 *	the root mesh STA to be valid.
 *
 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
 *	PREQs are transmitted.
1389 1390 1391
 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
 *	during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
 *	a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1392 1393 1394 1395
 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
 *	setting for new peer links.
 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
 *	after transmitting its beacon.
1396 1397 1398
 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
 *	peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
 *	from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
1399
 */
1400 1401 1402 1403 1404
struct mesh_config {
	u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
	u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
	u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
	u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1405 1406 1407
	u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
	u8 dot11MeshTTL;
	u8 element_ttl;
1408
	bool auto_open_plinks;
1409
	u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1410
	u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1411 1412 1413 1414
	u32 path_refresh_time;
	u16 min_discovery_timeout;
	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
	u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1415
	u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1416
	u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1417
	u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1418
	u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1419
	bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1420
	bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1421
	s32 rssi_threshold;
1422
	u16 ht_opmode;
1423 1424
	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
	u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1425
	u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1426 1427
	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
	u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1428
	u32 plink_timeout;
1429 1430
};

1431 1432
/**
 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1433
 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1434 1435
 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1436
 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1437 1438
 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
 * @path_metric: which metric to use
1439
 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1440 1441
 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1442 1443
 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1444
 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1445 1446
 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1447
 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1448
 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1449
 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1450 1451 1452
 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
 *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
 *	to operate on DFS channels.
1453 1454 1455 1456
 *
 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
 */
struct mesh_setup {
1457
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1458 1459
	const u8 *mesh_id;
	u8 mesh_id_len;
1460 1461 1462
	u8 sync_method;
	u8 path_sel_proto;
	u8 path_metric;
1463
	u8 auth_id;
1464 1465
	const u8 *ie;
	u8 ie_len;
1466
	bool is_authenticated;
1467
	bool is_secure;
1468
	bool user_mpm;
1469 1470
	u8 dtim_period;
	u16 beacon_interval;
1471
	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1472
	u32 basic_rates;
1473
	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1474
	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1475 1476
};

1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486
/**
 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
 *
 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
 */
struct ocb_setup {
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
};

1487 1488
/**
 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1489
 * @ac: AC identifier
1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497
 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
 *	1..32767]
 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
 *	1..32767]
 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
 */
struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1498
	enum nl80211_ac ac;
1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504
	u16 txop;
	u16 cwmin;
	u16 cwmax;
	u8 aifs;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526
/**
 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
 *
 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
 * in the wiphy structure.
 *
 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
 *
 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
 * to userspace.
 */
1527

1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537
/**
 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
 * @ssid: the SSID
 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
 */
struct cfg80211_ssid {
	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
	u8 ssid_len;
};

1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552
/**
 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
 *	wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
 *	information is not available, this field is left zero.
 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
 *	userspace will be notified of that
 */
struct cfg80211_scan_info {
	u64 scan_start_tsf;
	u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
	bool aborted;
};

1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558
/**
 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
 *
 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
 * @channels: channels to scan on.
1559
 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1560
 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1561 1562
 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1563 1564 1565 1566 1567
 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
 *	%duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
 *	the actual dwell time may be shorter.
 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
 *	%duration field.
1568
 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1569
 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1570
 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1571
 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1572
 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1573
 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1574
 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1575
 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1576 1577 1578 1579
 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
 *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
 *	be taken from the @mac_addr
1580
 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
1581 1582 1583 1584 1585
 */
struct cfg80211_scan_request {
	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
	int n_ssids;
	u32 n_channels;
1586
	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1587
	const u8 *ie;
1588
	size_t ie_len;
1589 1590
	u16 duration;
	bool duration_mandatory;
1591
	u32 flags;
1592

1593
	u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1594

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1595 1596
	struct wireless_dev *wdev;

1597 1598
	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1599
	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1600

1601 1602
	/* internal */
	struct wiphy *wiphy;
1603
	unsigned long scan_start;
1604 1605
	struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
	bool notified;
1606
	bool no_cck;
1607 1608 1609

	/* keep last */
	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1610 1611
};

1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622
static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
{
	int i;

	get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
	for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
		buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
		buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
	}
}

1623 1624 1625
/**
 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
 *
1626 1627 1628 1629
 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
 *	or no match (RSSI only)
 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
 *	or no match (RSSI only)
1630
 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1631 1632 1633
 */
struct cfg80211_match_set {
	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1634
	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1635
	s32 rssi_thold;
1636 1637
};

1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651
/**
 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
 *
 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
 *	infinite loop.
 *	The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
 *	all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
 */
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
	u32 interval;
	u32 iterations;
};

1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662
/**
 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
 *
 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
 */
struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
	enum nl80211_band band;
	s8 delta;
};

1663 1664 1665
/**
 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
 *
1666
 * @reqid: identifies this request.
1667 1668 1669
 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1670
 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1671 1672
 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1673
 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1674 1675 1676 1677 1678
 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
 * 	entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
 * 	(others are filtered out).
 *	If ommited, all results are passed.
 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
1679
 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
1680 1681
 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
 * @dev: the interface
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1682
 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
1683
 * @channels: channels to scan
1684 1685
 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
 *	contains the minimum over all matchsets
1686 1687 1688 1689
 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
 *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
 *	be taken from the @mac_addr
1690 1691 1692
 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
 *	index must be executed first.
 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
1693
 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
1694 1695
 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
 *	owned by a particular socket)
1696 1697
 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
1698 1699 1700 1701
 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
 *	cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
 *	immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
 *	supported.
1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711
 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
 *	reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
 *	to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
 *	The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
 *	to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
 *	using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
 *	belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
 *	comparisions.
1712 1713
 */
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
1714
	u64 reqid;
1715 1716 1717
	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
	int n_ssids;
	u32 n_channels;
1718
	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1719 1720
	const u8 *ie;
	size_t ie_len;
1721
	u32 flags;
1722 1723
	struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
	int n_match_sets;
1724
	s32 min_rssi_thold;
1725
	u32 delay;
1726 1727
	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
	int n_scan_plans;
1728

1729 1730 1731
	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);

1732 1733 1734 1735
	bool relative_rssi_set;
	s8 relative_rssi;
	struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;

1736 1737 1738
	/* internal */
	struct wiphy *wiphy;
	struct net_device *dev;
1739
	unsigned long scan_start;
1740
	bool report_results;
1741
	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1742
	u32 owner_nlportid;
1743 1744
	bool nl_owner_dead;
	struct list_head list;
1745 1746 1747 1748 1749

	/* keep last */
	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
};

1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762
/**
 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
 *
 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
 */
enum cfg80211_signal_type {
	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
};

1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774
/**
 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
 *	signal type
 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
 *	received; should match the time when the frame was actually
 *	received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
 *	buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
 *	If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
 *	ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate.
1775 1776 1777 1778 1779
 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
 *	timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
 *	by %parent_bssid.
 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
 *	the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
1780 1781
 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787
 */
struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
	s32 signal;
	u64 boottime_ns;
1788 1789
	u64 parent_tsf;
	u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1790 1791
	u8 chains;
	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1792 1793
};

1794
/**
1795
 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1796
 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
1797 1798
 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
 * @len: length of the IEs
1799
 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
1800 1801 1802
 * @data: IE data
 */
struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1803
	u64 tsf;
1804 1805
	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
	int len;
1806
	bool from_beacon;
1807 1808 1809
	u8 data[];
};

1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815
/**
 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
 *
 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
 * for use in scan results and similar.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1816
 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
1817
 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
1818 1819 1820
 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
1821 1822 1823 1824
 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
 *	are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
 *	proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
 *	received. It is always non-%NULL.
1825
 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
1826 1827 1828
 *	(implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
 *	own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
 *	@hidden_beacon_bss struct)
1829
 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
1830 1831 1832 1833
 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
 *	a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
 *	that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
 *	points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1834
 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
1835 1836
 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
1837 1838 1839 1840
 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
 */
struct cfg80211_bss {
	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
1841
	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1842

1843 1844 1845 1846
	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;

1847
	struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
1848 1849 1850

	s32 signal;

1851 1852 1853
	u16 beacon_interval;
	u16 capability;

1854
	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1855 1856
	u8 chains;
	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1857

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1858
	u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1859 1860
};

1861 1862 1863 1864
/**
 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
 * @bss: the bss to search
 * @ie: the IE ID
1865 1866 1867
 *
 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
1868
 * Return: %NULL if not found.
1869 1870 1871 1872
 */
const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 ie);


1873 1874 1875 1876 1877
/**
 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
 * authentication.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1878
 *
1879 1880
 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
 *	to it if it needs to keep it.
1881 1882 1883
 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1884 1885 1886
 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
1887 1888 1889 1890 1891
 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
 *	the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
 *	Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
 *	transaction sequence number field.
 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
1892 1893
 */
struct cfg80211_auth_request {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1894
	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1895 1896
	const u8 *ie;
	size_t ie_len;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1897
	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1898 1899
	const u8 *key;
	u8 key_len, key_idx;
1900 1901
	const u8 *auth_data;
	size_t auth_data_len;
1902 1903
};

1904 1905 1906 1907
/**
 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
 *
 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
1908
 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
1909
 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
1910 1911 1912 1913
 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
 *	authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
 *	userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
 *	request (connect callback).
1914 1915
 */
enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
1916 1917 1918 1919
	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT			= BIT(0),
	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT			= BIT(1),
	ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM			= BIT(2),
	CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= BIT(3),
1920 1921
};

1922 1923 1924 1925 1926
/**
 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
 * (re)association.
1927 1928 1929 1930
 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
 *	given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
 *	or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
 *	association requests while already associating must be rejected.
1931 1932
 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1933
 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
1934
 * @crypto: crypto settings
1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940
 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
 *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
 *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
 *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
 *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
 *	frame.
1941 1942
 * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
1943
 *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
1944
 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
1945 1946
 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952
 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
 *	%NULL if FILS is not used.
 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
 *	Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
 *	with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
1953 1954
 */
struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1955
	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1956
	const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
1957
	size_t ie_len;
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
1958
	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1959
	bool use_mfp;
1960 1961 1962
	u32 flags;
	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
1963
	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
1964 1965 1966
	const u8 *fils_kek;
	size_t fils_kek_len;
	const u8 *fils_nonces;
1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
 * deauthentication.
 *
1975
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
1976 1977
 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1978
 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1979 1980
 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
 *	do not set a deauth frame
1981 1982
 */
struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
1983
	const u8 *bssid;
1984 1985
	const u8 *ie;
	size_t ie_len;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1986
	u16 reason_code;
1987
	bool local_state_change;
1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1994
 * disassociation.
1995
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1996
 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
1997 1998
 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1999
 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2000 2001
 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
 *	Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2002 2003
 */
struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2004
	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2005 2006
	const u8 *ie;
	size_t ie_len;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2007
	u16 reason_code;
2008
	bool local_state_change;
2009 2010
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
/**
 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
 *
 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
 * method.
 *
 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
 *	search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2021
 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2022 2023 2024 2025
 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
 *	IBSSs to join on other channels.
 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
 * @ie_len: length of that
2026
 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2027 2028
 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
 *	after joining
2029 2030 2031 2032
 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
 *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
 *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
 *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2033 2034 2035
 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
 *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
 *	to operate on DFS channels.
2036
 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2037
 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2038
 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2039
 *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2040
 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2041 2042 2043
 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
 * 	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2044 2045
 */
struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2046 2047
	const u8 *ssid;
	const u8 *bssid;
2048
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2049
	const u8 *ie;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2050
	u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2051
	u16 beacon_interval;
2052
	u32 basic_rates;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2053
	bool channel_fixed;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2054
	bool privacy;
2055
	bool control_port;
2056
	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2057
	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2058 2059
	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2060 2061
	struct key_params *wep_keys;
	int wep_tx_key;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2062 2063
};

2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074
/**
 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
 *
 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
 */
struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
	enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
	union {
2075
		enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2076 2077 2078 2079
		struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
	} param;
};

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087
/**
 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
 * authentication and association.
 *
 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
 *	on scan results)
2088 2089
 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
 *	%NULL if not specified
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2090 2091
 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
 *	results)
2092 2093 2094 2095
 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
 *	%NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
 *	allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
 *	to use.
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2096 2097 2098
 * @ssid: SSID
 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2099 2100
 * @ie: IEs for association request
 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2101
 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2102
 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2103
 * @crypto: crypto settings
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2104 2105 2106
 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2107
 * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2108
 * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
2109
 *	or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2110
 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2111
 *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2112
 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2113 2114
 * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2115 2116
 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
 *	networks.
2117
 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123
 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
 *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
 *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
 *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
 *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
 *	frame.
2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136
 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
 *	NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
 *	data IE.
 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
 *	%NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
 *	is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
 *	messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
 *	keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2137 2138
 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
 *	offload of 4-way handshake.
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2139 2140 2141
 */
struct cfg80211_connect_params {
	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2142
	struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2143
	const u8 *bssid;
2144
	const u8 *bssid_hint;
2145
	const u8 *ssid;
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2146 2147
	size_t ssid_len;
	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2148
	const u8 *ie;
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2149 2150
	size_t ie_len;
	bool privacy;
2151
	enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2152
	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2153 2154
	const u8 *key;
	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2155
	u32 flags;
2156
	int bg_scan_period;
2157 2158
	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2159 2160
	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2161
	bool pbss;
2162
	struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2163
	const u8 *prev_bssid;
2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170
	const u8 *fils_erp_username;
	size_t fils_erp_username_len;
	const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
	size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
	const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
	size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2171
	bool want_1x;
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2172 2173
};

2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185
/**
 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
 *
 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
 *
 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
 */
enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
	UPDATE_ASSOC_IES		= BIT(0),
};

2186 2187
/**
 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2188 2189 2190 2191 2192
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2193
 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199
 */
enum wiphy_params_flags {
	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT		= 1 << 0,
	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG		= 1 << 1,
	WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 2,
	WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 3,
2200
	WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS	= 1 << 4,
2201
	WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK		= 1 << 5,
2202 2203
};

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209
/**
 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
 *
 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
 * caching.
 *
2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221
 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
 *	derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
 *	the hash algorithm used to generate this.
 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
 *	cache identifier (may be %NULL).
 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
 *	scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
 *	%NULL).
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2222 2223
 */
struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2224 2225
	const u8 *bssid;
	const u8 *pmkid;
2226 2227 2228 2229 2230
	const u8 *pmk;
	size_t pmk_len;
	const u8 *ssid;
	size_t ssid_len;
	const u8 *cache_id;
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2231
};
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2232

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2233
/**
2234
 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2235 2236 2237 2238
 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
 *	one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2239
 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2240 2241 2242 2243
 *
 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
 * memory, free @mask only!
 */
2244
struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2245
	const u8 *mask, *pattern;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2246
	int pattern_len;
2247
	int pkt_offset;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2248 2249
};

2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282
/**
 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
 *
 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
 * @src: source IP address
 * @dst: destination IP address
 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
 * @src_port: source port
 * @dst_port: destination port
 * @payload_len: data payload length
 * @payload: data payload buffer
 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
 */
struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
	struct socket *sock;
	__be32 src, dst;
	u16 src_port, dst_port;
	u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
	int payload_len;
	const u8 *payload;
	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
	u32 data_interval;
	u32 wake_len;
	const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
	u32 tokens_size;
	/* must be last, variable member */
	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
 *
 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
 *	operating as normal during suspend
 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2295 2296 2297 2298
 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2299 2300
 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
 *	NULL if not configured.
2301
 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2302 2303
 */
struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2304 2305 2306
	bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
	     rfkill_release;
2307
	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2308
	struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2309
	int n_patterns;
2310
	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2311 2312
};

2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341
/**
 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
 *
 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
 *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
 */
struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
	int delay;
	enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
	int n_patterns;
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
 *
 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
 * @n_rules: number of rules
 */
struct cfg80211_coalesce {
	struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
	int n_rules;
};

2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370
/**
 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
 *
 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
 *	value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
 *	occurred (in MHz)
 */
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
	int n_channels;
	u32 channels[];
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
 *
 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
 *	@matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
 *	match information.
 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
 *	the matches that triggered the wake up.
 */
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
	int n_matches;
	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
};

2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386
/**
 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
 * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
 *	frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
 *	disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
 *	it is.
2387 2388 2389
 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2390
 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2391 2392 2393 2394
 */
struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
	bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2395 2396
	     rfkill_release, packet_80211,
	     tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2397 2398 2399
	s32 pattern_idx;
	u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
	const void *packet;
2400
	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2401 2402
};

2403 2404
/**
 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2405 2406 2407
 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2408 2409
 */
struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2410
	const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2411 2412
};

2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427
/**
 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
 *
 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
 */
struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
	u16 md;
	const u8 *ie;
	size_t ie_len;
};

2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439
/**
 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
 *
 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
 *
 * @chan: channel to use
 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
 * @wait: duration for ROC
 * @buf: buffer to transmit
 * @len: buffer length
 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2440 2441
 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450
 */
struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
	bool offchan;
	unsigned int wait;
	const u8 *buf;
	size_t len;
	bool no_cck;
	bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2451 2452
	int n_csa_offsets;
	const u16 *csa_offsets;
2453 2454
};

2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498
/**
 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
 *
 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
 */
struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
	u8 dscp;
	u8 up;
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
 *
 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
 */
struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
	u8 low;
	u8 high;
};

/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX	21
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN	16
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
	(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)

/**
 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
 *
 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
 *
 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
 *	the user priority DSCP range definition
 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
 */
struct cfg80211_qos_map {
	u8 num_des;
	struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
	struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
};

2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504
/**
 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
 *
 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
 *
 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2505 2506 2507
 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
 *	For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
 *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
2508 2509 2510
 */
struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
	u8 master_pref;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2511
	u8 bands;
2512 2513
};

2514 2515 2516 2517 2518
/**
 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
 * configuration
 *
 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2519
 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
2520 2521 2522
 */
enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2523
	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
2524 2525
};

2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592
/**
 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
 *
 * @filter: the content of the filter
 * @len: the length of the filter
 */
struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
	const u8 *filter;
	u8 len;
};

/**
 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
 *
 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
 *	implementation specific.
 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
 */
struct cfg80211_nan_func {
	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
	u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
	u8 publish_type;
	bool close_range;
	bool publish_bcast;
	bool subscribe_active;
	u8 followup_id;
	u8 followup_reqid;
	struct mac_address followup_dest;
	u32 ttl;
	const u8 *serv_spec_info;
	u8 serv_spec_info_len;
	bool srf_include;
	const u8 *srf_bf;
	u8 srf_bf_len;
	u8 srf_bf_idx;
	struct mac_address *srf_macs;
	int srf_num_macs;
	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
	u8 num_tx_filters;
	u8 num_rx_filters;
	u8 instance_id;
	u64 cookie;
};

2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609
/**
 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
 *
 * @aa: authenticator address
 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
 * @pmk: the PMK material
 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
 *	is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
 *	holds PMK-R0.
 */
struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
	const u8 *aa;
	u8 pmk_len;
	const u8 *pmk;
	const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
};

2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636
/**
 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
 *
 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
 *
 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
 *	for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
 *	to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
 *	authentication response command interface.
 * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
 *	authentication response command interface.
 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
 *	authentication request event interface.
 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
 *	use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
 *	the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
 *	response command interface (user space to driver).
 */
struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
	enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
	u16 status;
};

2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645
/**
 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
 *
 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
 *
 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
 * on success or a negative error code.
 *
2646 2647 2648 2649
 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2650 2651 2652
 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
 *	be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
 *	configured for the device.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2653
 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
2654 2655 2656
 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
 *	to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
 *	the device.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2657
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2658
 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
2659
 *	must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
2660
 *	the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
2661 2662
 *	wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
 *	also set the address member in the wdev.
2663
 *
2664
 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
2665
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2666 2667
 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
 *	keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
2668
 *
2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674
 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
 *	when adding a group key.
 *
 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
 *	@mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
 *	key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
2675 2676
 *	after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
 *	not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
2677 2678
 *
 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
2679
 *	and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
2680 2681
 *
 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
2682
 *
2683 2684
 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
 *
2685 2686
 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2687 2688 2689 2690
 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
 *	interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
2691 2692
 *
 * @add_station: Add a new station.
2693
 * @del_station: Remove a station
2694 2695 2696
 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
 *	validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
 *	might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
2697 2698
 *	them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
 *	cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706
 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
 *
 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2707 2708
 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2709
 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
2710
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2711
 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
2712
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2713
 *
2714
 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
2715
 *
2716
 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
2717 2718 2719
 *	The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
 *	set, and which to leave alone.
 *
2720
 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
2721 2722
 *
 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
2723
 *
2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731
 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
 *	as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
 *	join the mesh instead.
 *
 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
 *	interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
 *	If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
 *	be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
2732
 *
2733 2734 2735 2736
 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
 *	the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
 *	For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
 *	the scan/scan_done bracket too.
2737 2738
 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
 *	indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
2739 2740
 *
 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
2741
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2742
 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
2743
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2744
 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
2745
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2746
 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
2747
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2748
 *
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2749
 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761
 *	call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
 *	%WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
 *	cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
 *	from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
 *	was received.
 *	The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
 *	other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
 *	by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
 *	the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
 *	frame instead of Association Request frame.
 *	The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
 *	specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
2762
 *	parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
2763 2764 2765
 *	indication of requesting reassociation.
 *	In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
 *	cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
2766
 *	cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774
 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
 *	BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
 *	subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
 *	Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
 *	request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
 *	BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
 *	changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2775 2776 2777 2778
 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
 *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
 *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
 *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2779
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2780 2781 2782
 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
 *	cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
 *	to a merge.
2783
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2784
 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
2785
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2786
 *
2787 2788 2789
 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
 *	MESH mode)
 *
2790 2791 2792 2793
 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
 *	@changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
 *	have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
 *	struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
2794
 *
2795
 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
2796 2797 2798 2799
 *	the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
 *	wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
 *	always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
 *	(as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
2800
 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2801 2802
 *	return 0 if successful
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2803 2804
 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2805 2806
 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
 *	functions to adjust rfkill hw state
2807
 *
2808 2809
 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
 *
2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817
 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
 *	channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
 *	operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
 *	ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
 *	notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
 *	This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
 *	the duration value.
2818 2819 2820
 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
 *	frame on another channel
2821
 *
2822
 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828
 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
 *	used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
 *	return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
 *	dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
 *	was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
 *	and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2829
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2830 2831
 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
 *
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2832 2833 2834 2835 2836
 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
 *	devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
 *	RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
2837 2838
 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
 *	allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
2839
 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
2840 2841 2842 2843
 *	After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
 *	the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
 *	need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
 *	disabled.)
2844 2845 2846 2847 2848
 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
 *	connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
 *	signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
 *	set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
 *	If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
2849 2850
 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
 *	thresholds.
2851
 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857
 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
 *	given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
 *	for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
 *	called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
 *	The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
 *	stop (when this method returns 0).
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
2858
 *
2859
 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
2860
 *	registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867
 *
 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
 *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
 *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
 *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
 *
 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
2868
 *
2869 2870
 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2871 2872 2873
 *
 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
 *	later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
2874 2875
 *
 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
2876
 *
2877 2878 2879
 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
 *	For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
 *	current monitoring channel.
2880 2881 2882
 *
 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889
 *
 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
 *	Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
 *	and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
 *	this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
 *	when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
 *	advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
2890 2891
 *
 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
2892 2893 2894 2895
 *
 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
 *	driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
 *	used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901
 *
 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
 *	for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
 *	driver can take the most appropriate actions.
 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
 *	reliability. This operation can not fail.
2902
 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
2903
 *
2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909
 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
 *	responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
 *	inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
 *	with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
 *	everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
 *	as soon as possible.
2910 2911
 *
 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
2912 2913 2914 2915
 *
 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
 *	given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
 *	changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926
 *
 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
 *	with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
 *	userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
 *	account.
 *	If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
 *	the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
 *	success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
 *	with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
 *	rejected)
 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
2927 2928 2929 2930 2931
 *
 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937
 *
 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
 *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
 *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
 *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
2938 2939
 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947
 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
 *	On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
 *	it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
 *	should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
 *	cfg80211_free_nan_func().
 *	On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
 *	provided @nan_func.
 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
2948 2949 2950
 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
 *	be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
 *	All other parameters must be ignored.
2951 2952
 *
 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959
 *
 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
 *	If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
 *	upon which the driver should clear it.
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
 *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2960 2961 2962
 *
 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
 *     user space
2963 2964
 */
struct cfg80211_ops {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2965
	int	(*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2966
	int	(*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2967
	void	(*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2968

2969
	struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2970
						  const char *name,
2971
						  unsigned char name_assign_type,
2972 2973 2974 2975
						  enum nl80211_iftype type,
						  struct vif_params *params);
	int	(*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
2976 2977
	int	(*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				       struct net_device *dev,
2978
				       enum nl80211_iftype type,
2979
				       struct vif_params *params);
2980 2981

	int	(*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2982
			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
2983 2984
			   struct key_params *params);
	int	(*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2985 2986
			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
			   void *cookie,
2987 2988
			   void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
	int	(*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2989
			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
2990 2991
	int	(*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				   struct net_device *netdev,
2992
				   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
2993 2994 2995
	int	(*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					struct net_device *netdev,
					u8 key_index);
2996

2997 2998 2999 3000 3001
	int	(*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			    struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
	int	(*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
	int	(*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3002 3003 3004


	int	(*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3005 3006
			       const u8 *mac,
			       struct station_parameters *params);
3007
	int	(*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3008
			       struct station_del_parameters *params);
3009
	int	(*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3010 3011
				  const u8 *mac,
				  struct station_parameters *params);
3012
	int	(*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3013
			       const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3014
	int	(*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3015
				int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3016 3017

	int	(*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3018
			       const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3019
	int	(*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3020
			       const u8 *dst);
3021
	int	(*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3022
				  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3023
	int	(*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3024
			     u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3025
	int	(*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3026 3027
			      int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
			      struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3028 3029 3030 3031 3032
	int	(*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			   u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
	int	(*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			    int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
			    struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3033
	int	(*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3034 3035
				struct net_device *dev,
				struct mesh_config *conf);
3036
	int	(*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043
				      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
				      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
	int	(*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			     const struct mesh_config *conf,
			     const struct mesh_setup *setup);
	int	(*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);

3044 3045 3046 3047
	int	(*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			    struct ocb_setup *setup);
	int	(*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);

3048 3049
	int	(*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			      struct bss_parameters *params);
3050

3051
	int	(*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3052
				  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3053

3054 3055 3056 3057 3058
	int	(*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					     struct net_device *dev,
					     struct ieee80211_channel *chan);

	int	(*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3059
				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3060

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3061
	int	(*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3062
			struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3063
	void	(*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069

	int	(*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
	int	(*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
	int	(*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3070
			  struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3071
	int	(*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3072
			    struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3073

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3074 3075
	int	(*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			   struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3076 3077 3078 3079
	int	(*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					 struct net_device *dev,
					 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
					 u32 changed);
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3080 3081 3082
	int	(*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			      u16 reason_code);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3083 3084 3085
	int	(*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			     struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
	int	(*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3086

3087
	int	(*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3088
				  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3089

3090
	int	(*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3091

3092
	int	(*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3093
				enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3094 3095
	int	(*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				int *dbm);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3096

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3097
	int	(*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3098
				const u8 *addr);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3099

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3100
	void	(*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3101 3102

#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3103 3104
	int	(*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				void *data, int len);
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
3105 3106 3107
	int	(*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
				 struct netlink_callback *cb,
				 void *data, int len);
3108
#endif
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3109

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3110 3111 3112 3113 3114
	int	(*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				    struct net_device *dev,
				    const u8 *peer,
				    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);

3115 3116 3117
	int	(*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
			int idx, struct survey_info *info);

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123
	int	(*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
	int	(*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
	int	(*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);

3124
	int	(*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3125
				     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3126 3127 3128 3129
				     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
				     unsigned int duration,
				     u64 *cookie);
	int	(*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3130
					    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3131 3132
					    u64 cookie);

3133
	int	(*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3134 3135
			   struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
			   u64 *cookie);
3136
	int	(*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3137
				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3138
				       u64 cookie);
3139

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3140 3141
	int	(*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				  bool enabled, int timeout);
3142 3143 3144 3145

	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				       struct net_device *dev,
				       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3146

3147 3148 3149 3150
	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					     struct net_device *dev,
					     s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);

3151 3152 3153 3154
	int	(*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				      struct net_device *dev,
				      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);

3155
	void	(*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3156
				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3157
				       u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3158 3159 3160

	int	(*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
	int	(*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3161

3162 3163 3164
	int	(*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				struct net_device *dev,
				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3165 3166
	int	(*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				   u64 reqid);
3167 3168 3169

	int	(*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3170 3171

	int	(*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3172
			     const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
3173
			     u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3174
			     bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3175
	int	(*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3176
			     const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3177 3178 3179

	int	(*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3180

3181 3182 3183 3184
	int	(*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				  struct net_device *dev,
				  u16 noack_map);

3185
	int	(*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3186
			       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3187
			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3188 3189 3190 3191 3192

	int	(*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
	void	(*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3193 3194 3195

	int	(*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			       const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3196 3197 3198

	int	(*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					 struct net_device *dev,
3199 3200
					 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
					 u32 cac_time_ms);
3201 3202
	int	(*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208
	int	(*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
				    u16 duration);
	void	(*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3209 3210
	int	(*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3211 3212 3213 3214

	int	(*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				  struct net_device *dev,
				  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3215

3216 3217 3218
	int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			       struct net_device *dev,
			       struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3219 3220 3221

	int	(*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227

	int	(*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
			     u16 admitted_time);
	int	(*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235

	int	(*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				       struct net_device *dev,
				       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
	void	(*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					      struct net_device *dev,
					      const u8 *addr);
3236 3237 3238
	int	(*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			     struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
	void	(*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3239 3240 3241 3242
	int	(*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
	void	(*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			       u64 cookie);
3243 3244 3245 3246
	int	(*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
				   u32 changes);
3247 3248 3249 3250

	int	(*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					    struct net_device *dev,
					    const bool enabled);
3251 3252 3253 3254 3255

	int	(*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			   const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
	int	(*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
			   const u8 *aa);
3256 3257
	int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
				 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
3258 3259
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265
/*
 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
 * and registration/helper functions
 */

/**
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273
 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
 *
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
 *	wiphy at all
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
 *	by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
 *	on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
 *	reason to override the default
3274 3275 3276
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
 *	on a VLAN interface)
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
3277 3278 3279
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
 *	control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
 *	control_port_no_encrypt flag.
3280
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
3281 3282
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
 *	auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
3283 3284
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
 *	firmware.
3285
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
 *	link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
 *	teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
 *	command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
 *	used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3292
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
3293 3294 3295
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
 *	when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
 *	cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
3296 3297
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
 *	responds to probe-requests in hardware.
3298 3299
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
3300
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
3301 3302
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
 *	beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
3303 3304
 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
 *	before connection.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3305 3306
 */
enum wiphy_flags {
3307
	/* use hole at 0 */
3308 3309
	/* use hole at 1 */
	/* use hole at 2 */
3310 3311 3312 3313 3314
	WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK			= BIT(3),
	WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT		= BIT(4),
	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP			= BIT(5),
	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION		= BIT(6),
	WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL	= BIT(7),
3315
	WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN			= BIT(8),
3316
	WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH			= BIT(10),
3317
	/* use hole at 11 */
3318
	/* use hole at 12 */
3319
	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM		= BIT(13),
3320
	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD			= BIT(14),
3321 3322
	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS		= BIT(15),
	WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP		= BIT(16),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3323
	WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME			= BIT(17),
3324
	WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS			= BIT(18),
3325
	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD	= BIT(19),
3326 3327
	WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX			= BIT(20),
	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL	= BIT(21),
3328
	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ		= BIT(22),
3329
	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= BIT(23),
3330
	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP		= BIT(24),
3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345
};

/**
 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
 * @types: interface types (bits)
 */
struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
	u16 max;
	u16 types;
};

/**
 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
 *
3346 3347
 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
 * combinations it supports concurrently.
3348
 *
3349 3350 3351
 * Examples:
 *
 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
3352
 *
3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364
 *    .. code-block:: c
 *
 *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
 *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
 *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
 *	};
 *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
 *		.limits = limits1,
 *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
 *		.max_interfaces = 2,
 *		.beacon_int_infra_match = true,
 *	};
3365 3366
 *
 *
3367
 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
3368
 *
3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380
 *    .. code-block:: c
 *
 *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
 *		{ .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
 *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
 *	};
 *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
 *		.limits = limits2,
 *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
 *		.max_interfaces = 8,
 *		.num_different_channels = 1,
 *	};
3381 3382
 *
 *
3383 3384
 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
 *
3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399
 *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
 *
 *    .. code-block:: c
 *
 *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
 *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
 *		{ .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
 *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
 *	};
 *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
 *		.limits = limits3,
 *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
 *		.max_interfaces = 4,
 *		.num_different_channels = 2,
 *	};
3400 3401 3402
 *
 */
struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
3403 3404 3405 3406
	/**
	 * @limits:
	 * limits for the given interface types
	 */
3407
	const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
3408 3409 3410 3411 3412

	/**
	 * @num_different_channels:
	 * can use up to this many different channels
	 */
3413
	u32 num_different_channels;
3414 3415 3416 3417 3418

	/**
	 * @max_interfaces:
	 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
	 */
3419
	u16 max_interfaces;
3420 3421 3422 3423 3424

	/**
	 * @n_limits:
	 * number of limitations
	 */
3425
	u8 n_limits;
3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431

	/**
	 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
	 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
	 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
	 */
3432
	bool beacon_int_infra_match;
3433 3434 3435 3436 3437

	/**
	 * @radar_detect_widths:
	 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
	 */
3438
	u8 radar_detect_widths;
3439 3440 3441 3442 3443

	/**
	 * @radar_detect_regions:
	 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
	 */
3444
	u8 radar_detect_regions;
3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456

	/**
	 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
	 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
	 *
	 * = 0
	 *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
	 * > 0
	 *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
	 *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
	 *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
	 */
3457
	u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3458 3459
};

3460 3461 3462 3463
struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
	u16 tx, rx;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473
/**
 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
 *	trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
 *	wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
 *	received packet that passed filtering; note that the
 *	packet should be preserved in that case
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
 *	(see nl80211.h)
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
3474 3475 3476 3477 3478
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
3479
 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3480 3481
 */
enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY		= BIT(0),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT		= BIT(1),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT		= BIT(2),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY	= BIT(3),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE	= BIT(4),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ	= BIT(5),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE	= BIT(6),
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE	= BIT(7),
3490
	WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT		= BIT(8),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3491 3492
};

3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500
struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
	const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
	u32 data_payload_max;
	u32 data_interval_max;
	u32 wake_payload_max;
	bool seq;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507
/**
 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
 *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
3508
 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
3509 3510 3511 3512 3513
 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
 *	similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
 *	scheduled scans.
 *	See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
 *	details.
3514
 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520
 */
struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
	u32 flags;
	int n_patterns;
	int pattern_max_len;
	int pattern_min_len;
3521
	int max_pkt_offset;
3522
	int max_nd_match_sets;
3523
	const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3524 3525
};

3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544
/**
 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
 *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
 */
struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
	int n_rules;
	int max_delay;
	int n_patterns;
	int pattern_max_len;
	int pattern_min_len;
	int max_pkt_offset;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557
/**
 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
 *	(must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
 */
enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
};

3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574
/**
 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
 *
 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
 *
 */
enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
	STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED	= BIT(0),
	STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
	STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED		= BIT(2),
};

/**
 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
3575 3576
 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
3577 3578 3579 3580 3581
 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
 */

struct sta_opmode_info {
	u32 changed;
3582 3583
	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
	enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
3584 3585 3586
	u8 rx_nss;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593
/**
 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
 *	flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
 *	pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599
 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
 *	@storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
 *	dumpit calls.
 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
 * are used with dump requests.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605
 */
struct wiphy_vendor_command {
	struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
	u32 flags;
	int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
		    const void *data, int data_len);
3606 3607 3608
	int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
		      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
		      unsigned long *storage);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3609 3610
};

3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628
/**
 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
 * @iftype: interface type
 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
 *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
 *	802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
 *	in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
 *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
 */
struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
	const u8 *extended_capabilities;
	const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3629 3630
/**
 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
3631 3632 3633
 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
 *	note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
 *	the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640
 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
 * 	the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
 *	on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
 *	regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
3641 3642 3643 3644 3645
 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
 *	-1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3646
 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
3647 3648 3649
 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
 *	set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
3650
 *	four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658
 *	variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
 *	interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
 *	to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
 *	by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
 *	all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
 *	the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
3659 3660
 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
 *	unregister hardware
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3661 3662 3663
 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
 *	automatically on wiphy renames
 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
3664
 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3665 3666 3667 3668
 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
 *	must be set by driver
3669 3670 3671 3672 3673
 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
 *	list single interface types.
 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
 *	subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3674
 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
3675 3676
 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
 *	&enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
3677
 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
3678 3679
 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
 *	&enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3680 3681 3682 3683
 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
 *	this variable determines its size
 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
 *	any given scan
3684 3685
 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
 *	the device can run concurrently.
3686 3687
 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
 *	for in any given scheduled scan
3688 3689 3690
 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
 *	when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
 *	supported.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3691 3692 3693
 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
 *	add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
 *	include fixed IEs like supported rates
3694 3695
 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
 *	scans
3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701
 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
 *	of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
 *	single scan plan supported by the device.
 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
 *	scan plan supported by the device.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708
 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
 *	wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
3709 3710 3711 3712
 *
 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
 *	transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
 *	type
3713
 *
3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720
 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
 *	configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
 *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
 *
 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
 *	configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
 *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
3721
 *
3722 3723 3724 3725 3726
 * @probe_resp_offload:
 *	 Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
 *	 See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
 *	 when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
 *
3727 3728
 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
 *	may request, if implemented.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3729 3730
 *
 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
3731 3732 3733
 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
 *	used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
 *	to the suspend() operation instead.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3734 3735
 *
 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
3736 3737
 * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
 *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
3738 3739
 * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
 *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
3740
 *
3741 3742 3743
 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
 *	not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
 *
3744 3745
 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
 *	supports for ACL.
3746 3747 3748 3749 3750
 *
 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
 *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
 *	the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
 *	and are in the same format as in the information element. See
3751 3752 3753
 *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
 *	extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
 *	for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
3754 3755
 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
3756 3757 3758
 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
 *	capabilities are specified separately.
3759
 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3760 3761 3762
 *
 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
3763 3764
 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
3765 3766 3767 3768 3769
 *
 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
 *	(including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
 *	driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
 *	some cases, but may not always reach.
3770 3771 3772 3773 3774
 *
 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
 *	and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
 *	wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
 *	infinite.
3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780
 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
 *	frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
 *	the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
 *	low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
 *	this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
 *	This value should be set in MHz.
3781 3782 3783
 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
 *	by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
 *	attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
3784 3785
 *
 * @cookie_counter: unique generic cookie counter, used to identify objects.
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
3786 3787 3788 3789
 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
 *	bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
 *	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
 *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3790 3791 3792 3793
 */
struct wiphy {
	/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */

3794
	/* permanent MAC address(es) */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3795
	u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
3796 3797 3798
	u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];

	struct mac_address *addresses;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3799

3800 3801
	const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;

3802 3803 3804 3805
	const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
	int n_iface_combinations;
	u16 software_iftypes;

3806 3807
	u16 n_addresses;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3808 3809 3810
	/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
	u16 interface_modes;

3811 3812
	u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;

3813
	u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
3814
	u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
3815

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3816 3817
	u32 ap_sme_capa;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3818 3819 3820 3821
	enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;

	int bss_priv_size;
	u8 max_scan_ssids;
3822
	u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
3823
	u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
3824
	u8 max_match_sets;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3825
	u16 max_scan_ie_len;
3826
	u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
3827 3828 3829
	u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3830 3831 3832 3833

	int n_cipher_suites;
	const u32 *cipher_suites;

3834 3835 3836 3837
	u8 retry_short;
	u8 retry_long;
	u32 frag_threshold;
	u32 rts_threshold;
3838
	u8 coverage_class;
3839

3840
	char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
3841 3842
	u32 hw_version;

3843
#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3844
	const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
3845
	struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
3846
#endif
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3847

3848 3849
	u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
3850 3851
	u8 max_num_pmkids;

3852 3853
	u32 available_antennas_tx;
	u32 available_antennas_rx;
3854

3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861
	/*
	 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
	 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
	 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
	 */
	u32 probe_resp_offload;

3862 3863 3864
	const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
	u8 extended_capabilities_len;

3865 3866 3867
	const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
	unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3868 3869 3870 3871 3872
	/* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
	 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
	 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
	 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
	 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
3873
	const void *privid;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3874

3875
	struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3876 3877

	/* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
3878 3879
	void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			     struct regulatory_request *request);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3880 3881 3882

	/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */

3883
	const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3884 3885 3886 3887 3888

	/* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
	 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
	struct device dev;

3889 3890 3891
	/* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
	bool registered;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3892 3893 3894
	/* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
	struct dentry *debugfsdir;

3895
	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
3896
	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
3897

3898 3899
	struct list_head wdev_list;

3900
	/* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
3901
	possible_net_t _net;
3902

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3903 3904 3905 3906
#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
	const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
#endif

3907 3908
	const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3909
	const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
3910 3911
	const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
	int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3912

3913 3914
	u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;

3915
	u8 max_num_csa_counters;
3916
	u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
3917

3918 3919
	u32 bss_select_support;

3920 3921
	u64 cookie_counter;

L
Luca Coelho 已提交
3922 3923
	u8 nan_supported_bands;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3924
	char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3925 3926
};

3927 3928
static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
E
Eric Dumazet 已提交
3929
	return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
3930 3931 3932 3933
}

static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
{
E
Eric Dumazet 已提交
3934
	write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
3935 3936
}

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3937 3938 3939 3940
/**
 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
3941
 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948
 */
static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
	BUG_ON(!wiphy);
	return &wiphy->priv;
}

3949 3950 3951 3952
/**
 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
 *
 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
3953
 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960
 */
static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
{
	BUG_ON(!priv);
	return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
}

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975
/**
 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
 *
 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
 * @dev: The device to parent it to
 */
static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
{
	wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
}

/**
 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
 *
 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
3976
 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986
 */
static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
{
	return wiphy->dev.parent;
}

/**
 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
 *
 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
3987
 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3988
 */
3989
static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3990 3991 3992 3993
{
	return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
}

3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010
/**
 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
 *
 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
 *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
 *
 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
 *
 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
 */
struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
			   const char *requested_name);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019
/**
 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
 *
 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
 *
 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
 *
4020 4021
 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4022
 */
4023 4024 4025 4026 4027
static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
				      int sizeof_priv)
{
	return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
}
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033

/**
 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
 *
 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
 *
4034
 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4035
 */
4036
int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046

/**
 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
 *
 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
 *
 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
 * request that is being handled.
 */
4047
void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053

/**
 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
 *
 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
 */
4054
void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4055

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4056
/* internal structs */
4057
struct cfg80211_conn;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4058
struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4059
struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4060
struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4061

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4062
/**
4063
 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4064
 *
4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074
 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
 *
 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4075 4076 4077 4078
 *
 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
 * @iftype: interface type
 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4079 4080 4081
 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
 *	wireless device if it has no netdev
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4082
 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4083 4084
 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
 *	the user-set channel definition.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4085
 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4086
 *	track the channel to be used for AP later
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4087 4088 4089
 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4090 4091
 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4092
 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4093 4094 4095 4096
 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
 *	set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
 *	netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
 *	by cfg80211 on change_interface
4097 4098
 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
4099 4100
 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
 *	and some API functions require it held
4101 4102
 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
 *	beacons, 0 when not valid
4103
 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
4104 4105
 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
 *	the P2P Device.
4106 4107
 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
4108
 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114
 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
 *	registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
4115
 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
4116 4117 4118
 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4119
 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
4120
 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4121 4122
 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
4123
 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
4124
 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
4125
 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4126 4127 4128 4129 4130
 */
struct wireless_dev {
	struct wiphy *wiphy;
	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4131
	/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4132 4133 4134
	struct list_head list;
	struct net_device *netdev;

4135 4136
	u32 identifier;

4137 4138
	struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
	spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
4139

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4140 4141
	struct mutex mtx;

4142
	bool use_4addr, is_running;
4143 4144

	u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
4145

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
4146
	/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4147
	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4148
	u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
4149
	struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4150
	struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
4151
	enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
4152 4153 4154 4155
	u32 conn_owner_nlportid;

	struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
	u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4156

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4157 4158 4159
	struct list_head event_list;
	spinlock_t event_lock;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4160
	struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
4161
	struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
4162
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4163

4164
	bool ibss_fixed;
4165
	bool ibss_dfs_possible;
4166

K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4167 4168 4169
	bool ps;
	int ps_timeout;

4170 4171
	int beacon_interval;

4172
	u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
4173

4174 4175 4176
	u32 owner_nlportid;
	bool nl_owner_dead;

4177 4178
	bool cac_started;
	unsigned long cac_start_time;
4179
	unsigned int cac_time_ms;
4180

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4181
#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4182
	/* wext data */
4183
	struct {
4184 4185
		struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
		struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4186
		struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
4187
		const u8 *ie;
4188
		size_t ie_len;
4189
		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN], prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4190
		u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4191
		s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4192
		bool prev_bssid_valid;
4193
	} wext;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4194
#endif
4195 4196

	struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4197 4198
};

4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205
static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
{
	if (wdev->netdev)
		return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
	return wdev->address;
}

4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212
static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
{
	if (wdev->netdev)
		return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
	return wdev->is_running;
}

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4213 4214 4215 4216
/**
 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
 *
 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
4217
 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224
 */
static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
{
	BUG_ON(!wdev);
	return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
}

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4225 4226 4227 4228
/**
 * DOC: Utility functions
 *
 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4229 4230 4231 4232
 */

/**
 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4233
 * @chan: channel number
4234
 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
4235
 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4236
 */
4237
int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4238 4239 4240

/**
 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4241
 * @freq: center frequency
4242
 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4243
 */
4244
int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4245 4246 4247

/**
 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
4248
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4249 4250
 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
4251
 *
4252
 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4253
 */
4254
struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262

/**
 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
 *
 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
 *
4263 4264 4265 4266
 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4267 4268 4269 4270 4271
 */
struct ieee80211_rate *
ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
			    u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);

4272 4273 4274
/**
 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4275
 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
4276 4277 4278 4279
 *
 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
 */
4280 4281
u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
			      enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
4282

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289
/*
 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
 *
 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
 */

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305
struct radiotap_align_size {
	uint8_t align:4, size:4;
};

struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
	const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
	int n_bits;
	uint32_t oui;
	uint8_t subns;
};

struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
	int n_ns;
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4306 4307
/**
 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332
 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
 *	to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
 *	call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
 *	ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
 *	the beginning of the actual data portion
 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
 *	(or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
 *	radiotap namespace or not
 *
 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
 * @_arg_index: next argument index
 * @_arg: next argument pointer
 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
 *	next bitmap word
 *
 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4333 4334 4335
 */

struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4336 4337 4338 4339 4340
	struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;

	unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
4341
	__le32 *_next_bitmap;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4342 4343

	unsigned char *this_arg;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4344
	int this_arg_index;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4345
	int this_arg_size;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4346

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352
	int is_radiotap_ns;

	int _max_length;
	int _arg_index;
	uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
	int _reset_on_ext;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4353 4354
};

4355 4356 4357 4358 4359
int
ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
				 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
				 int max_length,
				 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4360

4361 4362
int
ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4363

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4364

4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370
extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];

/**
 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
 *
4371 4372
 * @skb: the frame
 *
4373
 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
4374
 * returns the 802.11 header length.
4375
 *
4376 4377 4378
 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
 * 802.11 header.
4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384
 */
unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);

/**
 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
4385
 * Return: The header length in bytes.
4386
 */
4387
unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
4388

4389 4390 4391 4392
/**
 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
 *	(first byte) will be accessed
4393
 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
4394 4395 4396 4397
 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
 */
unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405
/**
 * DOC: Data path helpers
 *
 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
 */

4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412
/**
 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
 *	of it being pushed into the SKB
 * @addr: the device MAC address
 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
4413
 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
4414 4415 4416
 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
 */
int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
4417 4418
				  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
				  u8 data_offset);
4419

4420 4421 4422 4423 4424
/**
 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
 * @addr: the device MAC address
 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
4425
 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
4426
 */
4427 4428 4429
static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
					 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
{
4430
	return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
4431
}
4432

Z
Zhu Yi 已提交
4433 4434 4435
/**
 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
 *
4436 4437 4438
 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
Z
Zhu Yi 已提交
4439
 *
4440
 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
Z
Zhu Yi 已提交
4441 4442 4443 4444 4445
 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
 *	initialized by by the caller.
 * @addr: The device MAC address.
 * @iftype: The device interface type.
 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
4446 4447
 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
Z
Zhu Yi 已提交
4448 4449 4450
 */
void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
			      const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
4451
			      const unsigned int extra_headroom,
4452
			      const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
Z
Zhu Yi 已提交
4453

4454 4455 4456
/**
 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
 * @skb: the data frame
4457
 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
4458
 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
4459
 */
4460 4461
unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
				    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
4462

4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490
/**
 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
 *
 * @eid: element ID
 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
 * @len: length of data
 * @match: byte array to match
 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
 *	If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
 *	Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
 *	byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
 *	the second byte is the IE length.
 *
 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
 * element ID.
 *
 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
 * byte array to match.
 */
const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len,
				 const u8 *match, int match_len,
				 int match_offset);

4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497
/**
 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
 *
 * @eid: element ID
 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
 * @len: length of data
 *
4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504
 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
 *
 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
 * having to fit into the given data.
4505
 */
4506 4507 4508 4509
static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
{
	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
}
4510

4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531
/**
 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
 *
 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
 * @len: length of data
 *
 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
 *
 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
 * having to fit into the given data.
 */
static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
{
	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
				      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
}

4532 4533 4534 4535
/**
 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
 *
 * @oui: vendor OUI
4536
 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
4537 4538 4539
 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
 * @len: length of data
 *
4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546
 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
 * element ID.
 *
 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
 * the given data.
4547
 */
4548
const u8 *cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
4549 4550
				  const u8 *ies, int len);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4551 4552 4553 4554
/**
 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
 *
 * TODO
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578
 */

/**
 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
 *	conflicts)
 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
 * 	should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
 * 	set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
 * 	alpha2.
 *
 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
 *
 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
 *
 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
 * an -ENOMEM.
4579 4580
 *
 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4581
 */
4582
int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4583

4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597
/**
 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
 *
 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
 * information.
 *
 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
 */
int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			      struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);

4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611
/**
 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
 *
 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
 *
 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
 */
int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622
/**
 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
 *
 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
4623
 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
4624
 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
4625
 * that called this helper.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4626
 */
4627 4628
void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639

/**
 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
 *
 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
 * and processed already.
 *
4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646
 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4647
 */
4648 4649
const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					       u32 center_freq);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4650

4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659
/**
 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
 *
 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
 * proper string representation.
 */
const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4660 4661 4662 4663 4664
/*
 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
 * functions and BSS handling helpers
 */

4665 4666 4667 4668
/**
 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
 *
 * @request: the corresponding scan request
4669
 * @info: information about the completed scan
4670
 */
4671 4672
void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
			struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
4673

4674 4675 4676 4677
/**
 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
4678
 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
4679
 */
4680
void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
4681 4682 4683 4684 4685

/**
 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
4686
 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
4687 4688 4689 4690 4691
 *
 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
 */
4692
void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
4693

4694 4695 4696 4697
/**
 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
4698
 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704
 *
 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
 * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
 */
4705
void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
4706

4707
/**
4708
 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
4709
 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
4710
 * @data: the BSS metadata
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4711 4712
 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
 * @len: length of the management frame
4713 4714 4715 4716
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
 * the BSS should be updated/added.
4717
 *
4718 4719
 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
 * Or %NULL on error.
4720
 */
4721
struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727
cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			       struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
			       struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
			       gfp_t gfp);

static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4728
cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4729
				struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4730 4731
				enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
				struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741
				s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
{
	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
		.chan = rx_channel,
		.scan_width = scan_width,
		.signal = signal,
	};

	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
}
4742 4743

static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4744
cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4745
			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4746
			  struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4747 4748
			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
{
4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755
	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
		.chan = rx_channel,
		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
		.signal = signal,
	};

	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
4756
}
4757

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4758
/**
4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771
 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
 *	from a beacon or probe response
 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
 */
enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
};

/**
4772
 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4773 4774
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
4775
 * @data: the BSS metadata
4776
 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4777
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
4778
 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786
 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
 * the BSS should be updated/added.
4787
 *
4788 4789
 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
 * Or %NULL on error.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4790
 */
4791
struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799
cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
			 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
			 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
			 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
			 gfp_t gfp);

static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4800
cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4801
			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4802
			  enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
4803
			  enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4804 4805
			  const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
			  u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817
			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
{
	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
		.chan = rx_channel,
		.scan_width = scan_width,
		.signal = signal,
	};

	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
					gfp);
}
4818 4819

static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4820
cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4821
		    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4822
		    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4823 4824
		    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
		    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4825 4826
		    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
{
4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835
	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
		.chan = rx_channel,
		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
		.signal = signal,
	};

	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
					gfp);
4836
}
4837

4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847
/**
 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
 */
4848 4849 4850
struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
				      const u8 *bssid,
4851
				      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
4852
				      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
4853
				      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859
static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
		  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
		  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
{
	return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
4860 4861
				IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
				IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
4862 4863
}

4864 4865
/**
 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
4866
 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
4867 4868 4869 4870
 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
 *
 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
 */
4871
void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4872 4873 4874

/**
 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
4875
 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
4876 4877 4878 4879
 * @bss: the BSS struct
 *
 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
 */
4880
void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4881

4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892
/**
 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @bss: the bss to remove
 *
 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
 */
void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4893

4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906
static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
	switch (chandef->width) {
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
	default:
		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
	}
}

4907
/**
4908
 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
4909 4910 4911 4912
 * @dev: network device
 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
 * @len: length of the frame data
 *
4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924
 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
 *
 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
4925
 */
4926
void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4927

4928
/**
4929
 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
4930 4931
 * @dev: network device
 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
4932
 *
4933 4934
 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
 * mutex.
4935
 */
4936
void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
4937

4938
/**
4939
 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
4940
 * @dev: network device
4941 4942 4943
 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
 *	moves to cfg80211 in this call
 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
4944
 * @len: length of the frame data
4945 4946
 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
 *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
4947
 *
4948 4949 4950 4951
 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
 *
 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
4952
 */
4953 4954
void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
			    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
4955 4956
			    const u8 *buf, size_t len,
			    int uapsd_queues);
4957

4958
/**
4959
 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
4960
 * @dev: network device
4961
 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
4962
 *
4963
 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
4964
 */
4965
void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4966

4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977
/**
 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
 * @dev: network device
 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
 *
 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
 * an association attempt was abandoned.
 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
 */
void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);

4978
/**
4979
 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
4980
 * @dev: network device
4981
 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
4982 4983 4984
 * @len: length of the frame data
 *
 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
4985
 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
4986 4987
 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
4988
 */
4989
void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4990

4991
/**
4992
 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
4993 4994 4995 4996
 * @dev: network device
 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
 * @len: length of the frame data
 *
4997 4998
 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
4999 5000
 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
 */
5001 5002
void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
				  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5003

5004 5005 5006 5007 5008
/**
 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
 * @dev: network device
 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
5009
 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
5010
 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
5011
 * @gfp: allocation flags
5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018
 *
 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
 * primitive.
 */
void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
				  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
5019
				  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
5020

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5021 5022 5023 5024 5025
/**
 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
5026
 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
 */
5036 5037
void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
			  struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5038

5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054
/**
 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
 * @ie_len: lenght of the information elements buffer
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
 */
void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
		const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, gfp_t gfp);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068
/**
 * DOC: RFkill integration
 *
 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
 *
 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
 */

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087
/**
 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @blocked: block status
 */
void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);

/**
 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 */
void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);

/**
 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 */
void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112
/**
 * DOC: Vendor commands
 *
 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
 * the configuration mechanism.
 *
 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
 *
 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
 * managers etc. need.
 */

struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
					   int approxlen);

5113
struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5114
					   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121
					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
					   int vendor_event_idx,
					   int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);

void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165
/**
 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
 *	be put into the skb
 *
 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
 *
 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
 *
 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
 *
 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
 */
static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
{
	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
}

/**
 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
 *	cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
 *
 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
 * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
 * skb regardless of the return value.
 *
 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
 */
int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);

5166 5167 5168
/**
 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5169
 * @wdev: the wireless device
5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177
 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
 *	be put into the skb
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
 * vendor-specific multicast group.
 *
5178 5179 5180 5181
 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
 * attribute.
 *
5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187
 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
 * skb to send the event.
 *
 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
 */
static inline struct sk_buff *
5188 5189
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			     int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
5190
{
5191
	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208
					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
					  event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
}

/**
 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
 */
static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
{
	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
}

5209
#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220
/**
 * DOC: Test mode
 *
 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
 * factory programming.
 *
 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
 */

5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230
/**
 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
 *	be put into the skb
 *
 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
 *
5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237
 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
5238 5239 5240
 *
 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
5241 5242
 *
 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5243
 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249
static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
{
	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
}
5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255

/**
 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
 *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
 *
5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261
 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
 * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
 * regardless of the return value.
 *
 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
5262
 */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5263 5264 5265 5266
static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
}
5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277

/**
 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
 *	be put into the skb
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
 * testmode multicast group.
 *
5278 5279 5280 5281 5282
 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
 * in any other way.
5283 5284 5285
 *
 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
 * skb to send the event.
5286 5287
 *
 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5288
 */
5289 5290 5291
static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
{
5292
	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
5293 5294 5295
					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, -1,
					  approxlen, gfp);
}
5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306

/**
 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
 *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
 * consumes it.
 */
5307 5308 5309 5310
static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
{
	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
}
5311 5312

#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)	.testmode_cmd = (cmd),
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
5313
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)	.testmode_dump = (cmd),
5314 5315
#else
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
5316
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
5317 5318
#endif

5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336
/**
 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
 *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
 *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
 *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
 *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
 *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
 *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
 *	case.
 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
 *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). Only one parameter among @bssid and
 *	@bss needs to be specified.
 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347
 * @fils_kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
 * @fils_kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
 *	@fils_erp_next_seq_num is valid.
 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
 *	FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
 *	status for a FILS connection.
 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
 *	used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362
 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
 *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
 *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
 *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
 *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
 *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
 */
struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
	int status;
	const u8 *bssid;
	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
	const u8 *req_ie;
	size_t req_ie_len;
	const u8 *resp_ie;
	size_t resp_ie_len;
5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369
	const u8 *fils_kek;
	size_t fils_kek_len;
	bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
	const u8 *pmk;
	size_t pmk_len;
	const u8 *pmkid;
5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390
	enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
};

/**
 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @params: connection response parameters
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
 */
void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
			   struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
			   gfp_t gfp);

5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401
/**
 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained
 *	through cfg80211_get_bss (may be %NULL)
 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409
 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
 *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
 *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
 *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
 *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
 *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
 *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
 *	case.
5410
 * @gfp: allocation flags
5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416
 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
 *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
 *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
 *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
 *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
 *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
5417
 *
5418 5419 5420
 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
5421 5422 5423
 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5424
 */
5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445
static inline void
cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
		     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
		     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
		     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
		     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
{
	struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;

	memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
	params.status = status;
	params.bssid = bssid;
	params.bss = bss;
	params.req_ie = req_ie;
	params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
	params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
	params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
	params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;

	cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
}
5446

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455
/**
 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
5456
 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
5457 5458 5459 5460
 *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
 *	the real status code for failures.
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
5461 5462 5463
 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
5464 5465
 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
5466
 */
5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473
static inline void
cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
			const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
			const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
			u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
{
	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
5474 5475
			     resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
			     NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485
}

/**
 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
 * @gfp: allocation flags
5486
 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
5487 5488 5489 5490 5491
 *
 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
5492 5493 5494
 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
5495 5496 5497
 */
static inline void
cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5498 5499
			 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
			 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
5500 5501
{
	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
5502
			     gfp, timeout_reason);
5503
}
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
5504 5505

/**
5506
 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
5507
 *
5508
 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
5509 5510
 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
5511 5512 5513 5514 5515
 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
 */
5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524
struct cfg80211_roam_info {
	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
	const u8 *bssid;
	const u8 *req_ie;
	size_t req_ie_len;
	const u8 *resp_ie;
	size_t resp_ie_len;
};
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
5525

5526
/**
5527
 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
5528 5529
 *
 * @dev: network device
5530
 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
5531 5532
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539
 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
5540
 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
5541 5542
 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
 * released while diconneting from the current bss.
5543
 */
5544 5545
void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
		     gfp_t gfp);
5546

5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563
/**
 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
 * indicate the 802.11 association.
 */
void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
			      gfp_t gfp);

S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570
/**
 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
 *
 * @dev: network device
 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
 * @ie_len: length of IEs
 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
5571
 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
 */
void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
5578 5579
			   const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
			   bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
5580

5581 5582
/**
 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
5583
 * @wdev: wireless device
5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589
 * @cookie: the request cookie
 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
 *	channel
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
5590
void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
5591 5592 5593 5594 5595
			       struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
			       unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);

/**
 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5596
 * @wdev: wireless device
5597 5598 5599 5600
 * @cookie: the request cookie
 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
5601
void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
5602 5603
					struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
					gfp_t gfp);
S
Samuel Ortiz 已提交
5604

5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616

/**
 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
 *
 * @dev: the netdev
 * @mac_addr: the station's address
 * @sinfo: the station information
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
		      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);

5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626
/**
 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
 * @dev: the netdev
 * @mac_addr: the station's address
 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
			    struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);

5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633
/**
 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
 *
 * @dev: the netdev
 * @mac_addr: the station's address
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
5634 5635 5636 5637 5638
static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
				    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
{
	cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
}
5639

5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658
/**
 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
 *
 * @dev: the netdev
 * @mac_addr: the station's address
 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
 * for some reasons, this function is called.
 *
 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
 */
void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
			  enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
			  gfp_t gfp);

5659
/**
5660
 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
5661
 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
5662
 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
5663
 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
5664
 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
5665
 * @len: length of the frame data
5666
 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
5667
 *
5668 5669 5670 5671
 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
 *
 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
5672 5673 5674
 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
5675
 */
5676
bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
5677
		      const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
5678 5679

/**
5680
 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
5681
 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
5682 5683
 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
5684 5685 5686 5687
 * @len: length of the frame data
 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
5688 5689
 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
5690 5691
 * transmission attempt.
 */
5692
void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
5693
			     const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
5694

5695 5696 5697 5698 5699

/**
 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
 * @dev: network device
 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
5700
 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
 */
void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
			      enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
5708
			      s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
5709

5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721
/**
 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
 * @dev: network device
 * @peer: peer's MAC address
 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
 *	but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
 *	threshold (to account for temporary interference)
 * @gfp: context flags
 */
void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
				 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);

5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736
/**
 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
 * @dev: network device
 * @peer: peer's MAC address
 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
 * given interval is exceeded.
 */
void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
			     u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);

5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745
/**
 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
 * @dev: network device
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
 */
void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);

5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756
/**
 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
 */
void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);

5757 5758 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770
/**
 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
 * @dev: network device
 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
 * frame.
 */
void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
				       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
				       gfp_t gfp);

5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786
/**
 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
 * @netdev: network device
 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
 * @event: type of event
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
 * also by full-MAC drivers.
 */
void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
			const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
			enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);


5787 5788 5789 5790 5791
/**
 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
 * @dev: network device
 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5792
 * @gfp: allocation flags
5793 5794 5795 5796
 */
void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
			       const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);

5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807
/**
 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
 * @dev: network device
 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
				     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);

5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816
/**
 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
 * @addr: the transmitter address
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
 * sender.
5817
 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
5818 5819 5820 5821 5822
 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
 */
bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
				const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);

5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832
/**
 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
 * @addr: the transmitter address
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
 * station to avoid event flooding.
5833
 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
5834 5835 5836 5837 5838
 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
 */
bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
					const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844
/**
 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
 * @addr: the address of the peer
 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
5845 5846
 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5847 5848 5849
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
5850 5851
			   u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
			   bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5852

5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858
/**
 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
 * @frame: the frame
 * @len: length of the frame
 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
5859
 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866
 *
 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
 */
void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
5867
				 int freq, int sig_dbm);
5868

5869
/**
5870
 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
5871
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5872
 * @chandef: the channel definition
5873
 * @iftype: interface type
5874
 *
5875 5876
 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
5877
 */
5878
bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5879 5880
			     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
			     enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
5881

5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898
/**
 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @chandef: the channel definition
 * @iftype: interface type
 *
 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
 * more permissive conditions.
 *
 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
 */
bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
				   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);

5899 5900 5901
/*
 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
 * @dev: the device which switched channels
5902
 * @chandef: the new channel definition
5903
 *
5904 5905
 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
 * driver context!
5906
 */
5907 5908
void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
5909

5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923
/*
 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
 * @chandef: the future channel definition
 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
 *
 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
 */
void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
				       u8 count);

5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932
/**
 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
 *
 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
 * @band: band pointer to fill
 *
 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
 */
bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
5933
				       enum nl80211_band *band);
5934

5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945
/**
 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
 *
 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
 *
 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
 */
bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
					  u8 *op_class);

5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964
/*
 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
 *	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
 */
void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
				enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
				u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);

5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970
/*
 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
 *
 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
 */
5971
u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
5972

5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988
/**
 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
 *
 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
 * when the device is unbound from the driver.
 *
 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
 */
void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);

5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012
/**
 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
 * @ies: FT IEs
 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
 */
struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
	const u8 *ies;
	size_t ies_len;
	const u8 *target_ap;
	const u8 *ric_ies;
	size_t ric_ies_len;
};

/**
 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
 * @netdev: network device
 * @ft_event: IE information
 */
void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
		       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);

6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024
/**
 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
 * @ies: the input IE buffer
 * @len: the input length
 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
 *	if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
 *
 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
 *
6025 6026 6027
 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
6028
 */
6029 6030 6031
int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
			  enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
			  u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
6032

6033 6034 6035 6036 6037
/**
 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
 * @ies: the IE buffer
 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6038 6039
 *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
 *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069
 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
 *
 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
 * split.
 *
 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
 *
 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
 *
 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
 * of the buffer should be used.
 */
size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
			      const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
			      const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
			      size_t offset);

/**
 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
 * @ies: the IE buffer
 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6070 6071
 *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
 *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089
 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
 *
 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
 * split.
 *
 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
 *
 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
 *
 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
 * of the buffer should be used.
 */
6090 6091 6092 6093 6094
static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
					const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
{
	return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
}
6095

6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110
/**
 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
 * else caused the wakeup.
 */
void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
				   gfp_t gfp);

6111 6112 6113 6114
/**
 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
 *
 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
6115
 * @gfp: allocation flags
6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122
 *
 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
 */
void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);

6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130
/**
 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 *
 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
 */
unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);

6131 6132 6133 6134
/**
 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6135
 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141
 *
 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
 * the interface combinations.
 */
int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6142
				struct iface_combination_params *params);
6143

6144 6145 6146 6147
/**
 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6148
 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156
 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
 *
 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
 * purposes.
 */
int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6157
			       struct iface_combination_params *params,
6158 6159 6160 6161
			       void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
					    void *data),
			       void *data);

6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176
/*
 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy
 * @wdev: wireless device
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
 * disconnected.
 *
 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
 */
void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			 gfp_t gfp);

6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190
/**
 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
 *
 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
 *
 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
 * the driver while the function is running.
 */
void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);

6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226
/**
 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
 *
 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
 */
static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
					 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
{
	u8 *ft_byte;

	ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
	*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
}

/**
 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
 *
 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
 *
 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
 */
static inline bool
wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
			enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
{
	u8 ft_byte;

	ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
	return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
}
6227

6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235
/**
 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
 *
 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
 */
void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);

6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272
/**
 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
 *	 %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
 *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
 *	 result.
 *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
 * @inst_id: the local instance id
 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
 * @info_len: the length of the &info
 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
 */
struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
	u8 inst_id;
	u8 peer_inst_id;
	const u8 *addr;
	u8 info_len;
	const u8 *info;
	u64 cookie;
};

/**
 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
 * @match: match notification parameters
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
 */
void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
			struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);

6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 6286 6287 6288
/**
 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
 *
 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
 * @inst_id: the local instance id
 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
 */
void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
				  u8 inst_id,
				  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
				  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);

6289 6290 6291
/* ethtool helper */
void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);

6292 6293 6294 6295 6296 6297 6298 6299 6300 6301 6302
/**
 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
 * @netdev: network device
 * @params: External authentication parameters
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
 */
int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
				   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
				   gfp_t gfp);

6303 6304 6305 6306 6307
/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */

/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */

#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)		\
6308
	dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6309
#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6310
	dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6311
#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6312
	dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6313
#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6314
	dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6315
#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6316
	dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6317
#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6318
	dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6319
#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6320
	dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6321
#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6322
	dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6323

6324
#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6325
	wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
6326

6327
#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
6328
	dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336

#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
#define wiphy_vdbg	wiphy_dbg
#else
#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)				\
({									\
	if (0)								\
		wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);	\
6337
	0;								\
6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348
})
#endif

/*
 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
 * file/line information and a backtrace.
 */
#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)			\
	WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);

6349
#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */